1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
112 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
114 struct mips_got_page_range
116 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
117 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
118 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
121 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
122 relocations against a given symbol. */
123 struct mips_got_page_entry
125 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
127 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
129 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
130 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
131 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
135 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
139 /* The number of global .got entries. */
140 unsigned int global_gotno
;
141 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
142 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
143 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
144 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
145 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
146 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
147 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
148 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
149 unsigned int local_gotno
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
151 unsigned int page_gotno
;
152 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
154 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
155 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
156 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
157 struct htab
*got_entries
;
158 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
159 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
160 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
161 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
162 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
165 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
167 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
169 /* The output bfd. */
171 /* The link information. */
172 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
173 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
174 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
176 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
177 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
179 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
180 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
182 unsigned int max_count
;
183 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
184 unsigned int max_pages
;
185 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
186 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
187 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
189 unsigned int global_count
;
192 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
193 when laying out the GOT. */
195 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
197 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
198 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
202 struct _mips_elf_section_data
204 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
211 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
212 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
214 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
215 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
216 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
217 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
219 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
220 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
221 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
222 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
223 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
224 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
226 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
227 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
228 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
229 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
230 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
233 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
234 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
235 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
237 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
240 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
241 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
244 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
246 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
250 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
252 to a separate trampoline section.
254 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
255 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
256 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
257 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
258 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
259 asection
*stub_section
;
261 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
264 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
265 in H->root.root.u.def. */
266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
269 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
271 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
272 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
273 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
274 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
275 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
276 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
277 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
278 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
279 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
281 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
282 the dynamic symbols. */
284 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
286 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
289 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
290 symbol with a GOT entry. */
291 long min_got_dynindx
;
292 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
293 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
294 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
295 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
296 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
297 symbol without a GOT entry. */
298 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
301 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
302 the global hash table. */
304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
306 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
308 /* External symbol information. */
311 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
312 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
314 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
316 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
318 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
319 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
322 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
323 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
326 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
327 being called returns a floating point value. */
328 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
330 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
331 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
333 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
334 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
335 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
336 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
338 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
339 is against a readonly section. */
340 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
342 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
343 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
344 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
345 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
347 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
348 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
349 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
350 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
351 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
353 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
354 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
355 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
357 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
358 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
359 la25 stub is required. */
360 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
362 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
363 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
364 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
367 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
369 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
371 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
373 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
374 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
376 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
377 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
379 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
380 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
381 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
383 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
386 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
387 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
389 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
390 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
392 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
393 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
395 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
396 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
398 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
409 /* The master GOT information. */
410 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
412 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
414 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
416 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
417 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
419 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
420 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
422 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
423 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
425 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
426 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
428 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
429 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
431 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
432 See the comment above that structure for details. */
433 asection
*strampoline
;
435 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
439 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
440 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
441 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
442 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
444 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
446 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
449 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
451 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
452 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
453 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
455 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
456 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
458 /* The usual link-wide information. */
459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
462 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
466 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
468 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
470 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
471 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
473 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
476 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
477 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
480 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
482 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
483 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
485 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
486 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
487 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
488 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
489 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
490 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
491 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
492 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
493 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
494 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
495 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
496 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
497 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
498 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
499 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
500 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
501 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
502 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
503 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
504 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
505 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
506 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
507 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
508 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
509 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
510 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
511 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
512 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
514 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
519 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
520 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
521 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
525 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
527 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
530 "_procedure_string_table",
531 "_procedure_table_size",
535 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
540 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
541 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
542 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
543 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
544 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
545 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
554 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
555 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
556 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
560 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
561 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
562 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
563 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
564 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
565 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
570 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
571 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
572 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
573 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
574 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
582 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
588 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
590 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
592 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
593 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
594 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
595 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
596 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
597 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
598 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
599 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
601 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
602 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
603 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
604 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
605 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
607 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
608 has different meaning for each type:
611 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
612 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
613 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
614 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
617 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
618 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
619 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
620 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
622 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
623 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
624 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
625 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
627 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
628 loader for use by the static exception system. */
630 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
631 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
632 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
633 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
634 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
635 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
636 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
637 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
638 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
639 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
641 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
643 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
644 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
646 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
647 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
649 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
650 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
651 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
653 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
654 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
656 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
657 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
658 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
660 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
661 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
663 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
664 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
665 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
666 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
667 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
669 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
670 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
671 for RM9000 for now. */
672 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
673 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
675 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
676 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
678 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
680 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
681 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
683 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
685 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
686 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
687 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
689 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
690 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
691 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
693 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
694 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
695 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
697 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
698 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
700 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
701 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
702 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
704 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
705 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
706 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
708 /* The name of the options section. */
709 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
710 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
712 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
713 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
714 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
715 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
717 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
718 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
719 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
720 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
722 /* The name of the stub section. */
723 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
725 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
726 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
727 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
729 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
730 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
731 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
733 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
734 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
735 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
737 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
738 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
739 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
741 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
742 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
743 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
745 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
746 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
747 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
749 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
750 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
751 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
753 /* Get word-sized data. */
754 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
755 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
757 /* Put out word-sized data. */
758 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
760 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
761 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
763 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
765 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
767 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
769 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
771 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
772 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
774 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
775 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
776 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
778 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
779 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
780 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
781 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
783 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
784 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
786 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
787 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
789 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
790 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
791 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
793 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
795 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
797 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
798 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
800 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
801 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
802 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
804 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
805 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
806 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
807 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
808 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
809 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
810 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
812 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
813 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
815 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
816 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
818 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
821 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
822 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
823 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
824 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
827 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
828 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
829 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
830 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
831 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
832 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
833 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
834 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
836 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
837 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
839 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
841 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
842 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
845 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
846 floating point arguments.
848 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
849 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
850 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
851 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
852 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
853 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
854 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
855 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
857 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
858 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
859 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
860 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
861 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
862 stub should be discarded.
864 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
865 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
866 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
867 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
868 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
869 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
870 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
873 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
874 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
875 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
877 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
879 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
880 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
881 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
883 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
884 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
885 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
887 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
888 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
890 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
891 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
892 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
893 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
894 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
895 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
896 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
897 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
900 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
901 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
902 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
904 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
905 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
906 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
907 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
908 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
909 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
910 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
911 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
914 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
915 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
916 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
918 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
919 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
920 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
921 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
922 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
923 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
924 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
925 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
928 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
929 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
931 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
932 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
933 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
934 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
937 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
938 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
940 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
941 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
942 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
943 0x00000000, /* nop */
944 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
948 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
949 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
951 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
952 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
953 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
954 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
955 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
956 0x00000000, /* nop */
957 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
961 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
962 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
964 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
965 0x00000000, /* nop */
966 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
967 0x00000000, /* nop */
968 0x00000000, /* nop */
972 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
973 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
975 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
976 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
979 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
982 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
984 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
985 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
988 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
991 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
993 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
996 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
998 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
999 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1000 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1003 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1005 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1006 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1008 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1011 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1012 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1014 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1015 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1018 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1020 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1021 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1023 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1027 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1029 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1030 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1032 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1035 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1037 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1038 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1039 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1042 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1044 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1047 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1049 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1051 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1052 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1053 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1057 /* Set local fields. */
1058 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1059 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1060 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1063 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1064 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1065 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1066 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1067 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1068 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1069 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1070 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1071 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1072 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1073 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1074 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1077 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1080 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1083 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1085 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1090 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1092 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1094 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1095 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1097 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1100 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1103 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1106 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1107 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1110 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1111 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1114 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1117 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1118 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1120 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1121 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1124 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1125 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1128 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1129 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1131 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1133 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1134 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1135 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1138 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1139 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1140 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1141 goto error_return; \
1142 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1143 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1144 goto error_return; \
1147 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1148 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1149 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1150 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1151 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1152 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1154 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1155 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1156 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1157 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1158 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1166 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1168 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1170 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1171 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1172 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1173 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1174 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1175 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1176 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1177 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1178 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1179 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1180 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1182 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1183 free (debug
->ssext
);
1184 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1185 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1186 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1187 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1188 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1189 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1193 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1196 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1198 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1199 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1200 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1201 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1202 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1203 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1205 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1206 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1208 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1211 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1214 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1216 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1218 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1219 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1221 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1223 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1224 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1228 bfd_size_type count
;
1229 unsigned long sindex
;
1233 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1241 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1243 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1244 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1247 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1249 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1253 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1256 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1257 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1261 size
= sizeof (char *);
1262 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1266 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1267 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1268 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1272 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1275 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1276 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1279 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1282 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1283 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1285 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1286 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1287 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1288 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1289 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1290 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1291 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1292 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1293 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1294 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1296 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1297 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1301 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1302 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1303 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1306 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1310 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1313 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1315 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1316 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1317 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1318 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1320 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1321 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1322 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1324 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1326 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1328 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1330 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1331 matters, but someday it might). */
1332 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1361 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1362 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1365 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1366 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1367 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1370 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1374 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1377 /* Create a new symbol. */
1378 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1380 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1381 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1385 /* Make it a local function. */
1386 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1387 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1389 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1393 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1394 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1398 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1399 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1402 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1403 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1408 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1409 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1411 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1412 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1414 /* Create a new symbol. */
1415 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1417 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1418 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1422 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1423 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1424 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1425 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1426 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1427 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1431 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1432 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1435 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1439 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1440 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1441 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1442 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1443 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1446 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1447 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1448 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1450 static unsigned long
1451 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1452 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1453 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1454 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1456 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1459 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1460 one in a compound relocation. */
1461 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1462 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1463 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1465 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1466 the traditional behavior. */
1467 if (relocs
< relend
)
1468 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1473 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1477 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1478 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1480 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1481 objects try to call them. */
1482 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1483 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1485 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1486 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1489 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1490 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1492 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1493 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1494 being included in the link. */
1495 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1496 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1497 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1498 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1501 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1502 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1504 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1505 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1506 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1507 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1508 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1509 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1510 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1513 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1514 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1516 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1517 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1518 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1519 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1520 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1521 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1522 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1526 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1529 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1531 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1533 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1534 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1535 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1539 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1541 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1543 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1544 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1545 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1546 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1547 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1548 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1551 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1552 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1556 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1557 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1560 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1566 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1567 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1568 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1569 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1575 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1576 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1577 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1578 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1579 entry points are of interest here. */
1582 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1584 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1585 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1586 && h
->root
.def_regular
1587 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1588 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1589 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1590 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1591 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1594 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1595 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1598 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1601 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1603 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1604 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1609 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1610 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1614 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1615 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1616 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1619 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1620 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1622 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1624 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1627 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1631 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1632 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1635 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1637 /* Create the section. */
1638 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1639 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1640 input_section
->output_section
);
1644 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1645 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1646 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1649 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1651 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1652 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1653 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1654 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1656 /* Allocate room for it. */
1661 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1662 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1663 the function symbol to it. */
1666 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1667 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1672 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1676 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1677 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1680 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1681 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1682 input_section
->output_section
);
1683 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1685 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1688 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1689 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1690 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1691 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1693 /* Allocate room for it. */
1698 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1699 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1702 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1706 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1707 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1712 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1713 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1717 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1718 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1722 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1726 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1729 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1730 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1734 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1735 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1741 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1742 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1743 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1744 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1746 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1747 return (use_trampoline_p
1748 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1749 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1752 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1753 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1756 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1758 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1760 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1761 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1762 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1764 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1766 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1767 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1768 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1771 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1772 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1773 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1774 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1776 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1778 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1779 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1781 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1790 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1791 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1794 The format of these instructions is:
1796 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1797 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1798 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1800 +-----------------------------------------------+
1802 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1803 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1805 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1806 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1807 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1808 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1809 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1810 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1811 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1812 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1813 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1814 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1817 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1818 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1819 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1820 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1821 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1822 value as two 16-bit values.
1824 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1828 +--------+----------------------+
1832 +--------+----------------------+
1835 +----------+------+-------------+
1839 +----------+--------------------+
1840 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1841 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1843 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1844 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1845 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1846 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1847 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1849 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1850 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1851 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1854 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1855 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1856 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1857 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1858 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1860 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1862 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1863 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1864 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1865 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1866 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1868 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1871 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1872 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1873 little-endian system. */
1875 static inline bfd_boolean
1876 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1881 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1882 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1883 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1888 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1889 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1890 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1891 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1900 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1902 static inline bfd_boolean
1903 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1905 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1908 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1909 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1910 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1912 static inline bfd_boolean
1913 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1915 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1916 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1917 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1920 static inline bfd_boolean
1921 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1923 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1924 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1925 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1928 static inline bfd_boolean
1929 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1931 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1932 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1933 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1936 static inline bfd_boolean
1937 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1939 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1942 static inline bfd_boolean
1943 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1945 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
1948 static inline bfd_boolean
1949 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1951 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
1954 static inline bfd_boolean
1955 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1957 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
1960 static inline bfd_boolean
1961 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1963 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
1966 static inline bfd_boolean
1967 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1969 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
1972 static inline bfd_boolean
1973 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1975 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
1978 static inline bfd_boolean
1979 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1981 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
1982 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
1983 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
1986 static inline bfd_boolean
1987 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1989 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
1990 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
1991 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
1994 static inline bfd_boolean
1995 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1997 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2000 static inline bfd_boolean
2001 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2003 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2004 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2005 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2008 static inline bfd_boolean
2009 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2011 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2012 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2013 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2014 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2017 static inline bfd_boolean
2018 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2020 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2021 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2022 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2025 static inline bfd_boolean
2026 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2028 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2029 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2030 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2033 static inline bfd_boolean
2034 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2036 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2037 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2038 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2042 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2043 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2045 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2047 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2050 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2051 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2052 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2053 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2054 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2055 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2056 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2057 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2059 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2060 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2061 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2065 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2066 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2068 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2070 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2073 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2074 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2076 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2079 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2081 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2082 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2086 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2087 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2088 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2090 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2091 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2094 bfd_reloc_status_type
2095 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2096 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2097 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2101 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2103 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2106 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2108 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2109 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2111 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2112 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2114 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2115 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2117 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2119 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2120 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2121 an external symbol. */
2123 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2124 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2126 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2128 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2130 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2131 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2135 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2138 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2140 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2143 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2144 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2145 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2150 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2152 asection
*input_section
;
2156 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2158 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2160 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2161 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2162 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2164 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2165 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2166 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2167 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2169 bfd_reloc_status_type
2170 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2171 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2172 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2173 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2175 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2177 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2178 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2180 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2182 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2184 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2186 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2187 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2190 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2191 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2193 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2196 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2197 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2198 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2200 bfd_reloc_status_type
2201 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2202 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2203 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2205 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2206 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2207 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2208 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2209 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2210 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2213 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2214 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2217 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2218 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2219 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2221 bfd_reloc_status_type
2222 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2223 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2224 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2227 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2229 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2230 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2232 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2234 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2235 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2238 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2240 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2241 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2243 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2245 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2246 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2247 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2248 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2249 has a rightshift of 0. */
2250 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2251 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2252 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2253 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2254 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2255 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2257 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2258 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2259 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2261 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2262 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2264 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2267 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2271 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2272 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2276 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2277 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2278 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2280 bfd_reloc_status_type
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2282 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2283 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2284 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2287 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2288 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2290 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2292 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2293 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2295 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2297 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2299 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2300 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2301 offset or address. */
2302 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2303 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2308 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2309 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2310 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2311 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2313 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2314 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2315 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2319 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2320 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2321 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2322 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2323 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2324 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2327 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2329 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2330 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2332 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2333 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2335 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2337 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2340 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2345 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2347 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2350 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2351 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2354 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2357 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2358 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2362 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2363 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2365 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2366 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2370 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2371 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2376 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2377 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2378 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2382 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2383 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2387 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2388 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2389 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2390 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2391 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2392 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2393 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2396 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2397 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2398 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2401 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2404 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2405 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2406 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2407 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2408 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2409 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2413 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2414 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2424 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2425 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2426 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2427 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2428 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2431 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2432 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2434 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2435 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2436 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2437 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2438 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2439 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2440 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2444 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2445 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2447 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2448 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2449 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2450 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2451 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2452 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2453 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2456 /* Swap in an options header. */
2459 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2460 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2462 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2463 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2464 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2465 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2468 /* Swap out an options header. */
2471 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2472 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2474 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2475 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2476 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2477 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2480 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2481 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2484 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2487 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2491 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2493 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2497 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2499 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2504 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2507 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2508 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2511 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2512 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2514 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2515 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2516 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2517 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2519 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2521 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2524 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2526 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2535 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2536 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2537 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2538 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2539 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2540 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2541 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2542 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2543 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2544 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2545 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2546 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2547 when generating a final executable. */
2550 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2552 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2554 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2556 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2558 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2559 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2560 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2561 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2562 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2564 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2565 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2566 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2567 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2568 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2576 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2579 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2580 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2581 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2582 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2583 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2584 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2586 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2587 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2591 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2593 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2594 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2595 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2597 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2598 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2599 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2601 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2604 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2605 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2606 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2608 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2610 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2611 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2615 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2617 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2618 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2619 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2624 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2625 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2627 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2628 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2629 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2630 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2633 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2635 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2636 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2638 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2639 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2640 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2641 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2642 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2643 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2644 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2645 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2646 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2647 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2648 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2649 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2650 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2651 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2657 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2658 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2661 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2662 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2663 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2664 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2666 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2667 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2668 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2669 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2671 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2672 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2673 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2674 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2675 + sec
->output_offset
2676 + output_section
->vma
);
2678 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2682 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2684 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2685 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2687 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2689 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2690 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2691 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2693 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2696 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2697 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2698 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2699 + sec
->output_offset
2700 + output_section
->vma
);
2702 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2707 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2708 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2711 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2718 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2721 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2723 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2724 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2726 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2729 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2731 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2734 static INLINE hashval_t
2735 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2738 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2745 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2747 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2749 return (entry
->symndx
2750 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
2751 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
2752 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2753 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
2754 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
2755 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2759 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2761 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2762 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2764 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2765 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
2766 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
2767 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2768 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
2769 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
2770 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
2774 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2776 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2778 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2779 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2783 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2785 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2787 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2788 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2789 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2792 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
2794 static struct mips_got_info
*
2795 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
2797 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2799 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2803 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2804 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2805 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2808 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
2809 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2810 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
2816 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
2817 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
2819 static struct mips_got_info
*
2820 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2822 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
2824 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
2827 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
2828 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
2829 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
2833 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
2836 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2838 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
2840 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
2841 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
2844 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
2845 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
2846 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
2847 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
2852 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2853 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2854 if creation fails. */
2857 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2863 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2864 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2865 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2866 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2868 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2873 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2876 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2877 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2883 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
2886 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
2888 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
2891 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
2894 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
2897 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
2900 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
2903 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
2920 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2921 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2925 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2929 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2930 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2932 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2933 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2936 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2938 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2939 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2948 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
2954 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
2961 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
2965 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2966 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2967 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
2969 if (entry
->tls_type
)
2971 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
2972 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
2974 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
2976 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
2977 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
2979 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
2982 /* A htab_traverse callback. Count the number of GOT entries and
2983 TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in *ENTRYP. DATA points
2984 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. */
2987 mips_elf_count_got_entries (void **entryp
, void *data
)
2989 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2990 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
2992 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
2993 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
2994 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
2999 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3002 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3004 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3009 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3011 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3013 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3014 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3016 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3018 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3019 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3021 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3024 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3025 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3027 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3030 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3033 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3034 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3040 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3041 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3042 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3044 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3053 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3055 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3056 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3057 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3060 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3063 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3065 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3066 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3069 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3070 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3071 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3072 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3073 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3075 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3076 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3077 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3079 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3082 /* General Dynamic. */
3083 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3087 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3088 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3089 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3090 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3093 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3094 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3095 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3096 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3098 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3099 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3103 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3104 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3105 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3106 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3111 /* Initial Exec model. */
3115 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3116 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3118 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3119 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3121 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3122 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3123 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3124 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3127 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3128 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3132 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3133 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3134 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3135 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3136 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3139 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3140 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3142 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3143 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3144 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3145 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3152 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3155 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3156 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3157 will be negative. */
3160 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3161 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3163 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3164 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3166 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3167 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3169 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3171 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3172 section starts with reserved entries. */
3173 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3175 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3176 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3178 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3179 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3180 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3183 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3184 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3185 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3186 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3188 return got_address
- got_value
;
3191 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3192 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3193 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3194 offset can be found. */
3197 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3198 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3199 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3201 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3202 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3204 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3205 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3207 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3208 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3212 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3213 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3214 return entry
->gotidx
;
3217 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3220 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3224 long global_got_dynindx
;
3225 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3228 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3229 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3231 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3232 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3233 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3235 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3236 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3237 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3239 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3240 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3241 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3242 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3243 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3248 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3249 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3252 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3253 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3255 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3256 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3257 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3260 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3261 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3263 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3266 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3267 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3268 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3272 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3273 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3276 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3277 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3279 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3281 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3283 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3284 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3285 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3286 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3287 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3288 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3290 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3295 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3296 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3297 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3298 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3299 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3302 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3303 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3305 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3306 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3308 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3309 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3310 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3315 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3318 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3323 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3324 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3325 symbol that binds locally. */
3328 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3329 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3331 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3333 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3334 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3335 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3336 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3338 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3340 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3341 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3342 same in all cases. */
3343 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3344 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3346 return entry
->gotidx
;
3351 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3355 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3356 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3358 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3362 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3363 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3366 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3367 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3369 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3372 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3373 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3374 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3377 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3378 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3379 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3380 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3381 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3384 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3386 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3387 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3390 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3391 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3393 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3396 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3397 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3400 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3402 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3404 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3405 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3408 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3411 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3415 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3416 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3424 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3427 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3428 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3435 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3436 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3440 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3444 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
3446 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3447 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3448 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3449 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3453 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3457 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3461 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3463 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3464 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3466 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3469 bfd_vma got_address
;
3471 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3472 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3473 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3476 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3477 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3478 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3479 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3480 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3486 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3487 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3488 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3489 the current linking stage. */
3491 static bfd_size_type
3492 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3494 bfd_size_type count
;
3497 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3500 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3502 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3503 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3504 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3505 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3506 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3512 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3513 appear towards the end. */
3516 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3519 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3520 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3522 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3525 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3526 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3533 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3534 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3535 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3536 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3537 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3538 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3539 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3542 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3543 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3544 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3545 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3546 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3547 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3548 == g
->global_gotno
);
3550 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3551 table index in the GOT. */
3552 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3557 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3558 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3562 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3564 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3566 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3568 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3571 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3574 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3578 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3579 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3582 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3583 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3584 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3585 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3592 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3593 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3594 hash table directly). */
3597 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3598 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3600 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3601 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3602 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3603 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3605 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3606 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3608 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3612 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3613 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3616 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3620 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3621 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3626 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3627 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3631 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3640 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3641 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3642 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3645 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3646 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3647 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3649 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3650 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3651 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3652 unsigned char tls_type
;
3654 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3655 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3657 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3659 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3661 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3663 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3665 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3669 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3672 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3676 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3677 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3678 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3682 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3683 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3684 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3687 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3688 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3691 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3692 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3695 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3696 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3698 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3702 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3705 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3706 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3707 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3708 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3711 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3714 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3716 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3719 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3720 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3722 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3723 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3724 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3727 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3728 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3731 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
3732 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3733 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3734 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3735 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3737 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3738 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3740 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
3741 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
3743 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3745 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3746 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3750 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3752 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3755 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3760 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3761 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3762 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3766 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3767 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3771 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3778 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3780 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3781 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3782 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3784 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3785 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3786 a new singleton range. */
3788 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3790 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3794 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3795 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3796 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3805 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3806 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3808 /* Update the ranges. */
3809 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3810 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3811 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3813 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3815 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3816 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3817 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3820 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3823 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3824 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3825 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3827 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3828 g1
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3829 g2
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3835 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3838 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3844 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3845 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3847 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3848 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3850 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3851 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3856 /* Make room for a null element. */
3857 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3860 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3864 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3865 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3868 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3870 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3871 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3873 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3874 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3875 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3877 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3880 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3881 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3883 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3890 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3891 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3892 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3896 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3899 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
3902 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3903 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3904 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3905 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3906 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3907 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
3909 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3916 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3917 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3919 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3920 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
3923 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
3931 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
3933 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3946 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
3947 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
3950 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3952 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
3955 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
3956 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
3959 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
3960 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3961 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3962 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
3963 if (new_got
== NULL
)
3966 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3967 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
3972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
3973 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
3974 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
3975 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
3976 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
3979 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3981 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3983 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3985 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
3986 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3988 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
3990 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
3991 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
3992 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
3993 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
3994 live in the local GOT.
3996 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
3997 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
3998 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
3999 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4000 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4001 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4002 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4003 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4004 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4005 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4006 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4007 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4008 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4009 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4010 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4011 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4012 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4013 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4014 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4016 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4023 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4024 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4027 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4029 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4030 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4033 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4034 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4035 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4044 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4049 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4050 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4053 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4055 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4056 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4059 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4060 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4061 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4070 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4075 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4076 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4077 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4078 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4082 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4083 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4084 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4086 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4087 unsigned int estimate
;
4089 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4090 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4091 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4092 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4094 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4096 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4097 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4099 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4100 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4101 conservatively as well. */
4102 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4103 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4105 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4107 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4108 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4111 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4112 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4114 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4118 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4122 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4126 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4127 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4128 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4129 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4130 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4131 and then make make the new got current. */
4134 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4135 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4137 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4138 unsigned int estimate
;
4141 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
4144 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_got_entries
, &tga
);
4148 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4149 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4150 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4151 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4152 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4154 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4155 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4156 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4157 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4158 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4160 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4162 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4163 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4170 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4171 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4176 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4179 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4184 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4185 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4186 overflows anyway. */
4187 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4193 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4194 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4195 an index in a different GOT. */
4198 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4200 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4202 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4203 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4205 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4207 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4211 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4212 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4215 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4219 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4220 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4221 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4224 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4226 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4227 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4229 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4230 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4231 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4234 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4235 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4241 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4242 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4246 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4247 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4248 symbol to DATA->value. */
4251 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4253 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4254 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4256 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4257 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4258 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4259 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4260 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4261 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4265 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4266 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4267 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4268 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4271 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4273 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4274 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4276 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4277 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4278 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4279 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4280 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4282 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
))
4287 arg
->g
->assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4289 if (arg
->info
->shared
4290 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4291 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4292 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4293 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4299 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4300 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4301 lazy-binding stubs. */
4304 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4306 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4308 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4310 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4311 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4312 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4313 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4315 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4316 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4317 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4319 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4320 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4326 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4329 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4334 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4338 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4342 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4343 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4346 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4347 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4350 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4351 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4353 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4354 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4356 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4357 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4360 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4361 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4362 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4366 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4367 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4368 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4369 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4370 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4371 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4372 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4373 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4374 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4375 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4377 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4379 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4380 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4381 to be the primary GOT. */
4382 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
4384 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4385 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4389 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4390 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4391 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4393 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4394 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4396 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4400 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4401 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4402 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4403 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4405 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4407 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4408 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4409 those that are actually referenced. */
4410 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4411 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4414 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4415 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4416 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4417 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4419 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4420 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4421 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4422 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4423 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4424 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4425 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4426 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4427 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4428 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4429 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4430 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4431 points back to the master GOT. */
4432 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4433 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4440 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4442 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4443 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4444 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4445 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4446 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4448 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4449 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4450 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4455 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4456 all non-TLS entries. */
4457 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4459 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4460 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4463 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4465 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4468 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4469 lazy-binding stubs. */
4471 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4475 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4478 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4480 unsigned int save_assign
;
4482 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4483 relocations they need. */
4484 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4485 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4487 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4489 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4492 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4493 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4497 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4498 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4499 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4500 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4501 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4503 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4505 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4508 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4515 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4516 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4518 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4519 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4520 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4521 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4523 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4525 while (relocation
< relend
)
4527 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4528 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4534 /* We didn't find it. */
4538 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4541 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4542 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4543 asection
**local_sections
)
4545 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4549 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4550 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4551 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4553 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4555 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4561 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4564 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4566 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4567 /* VALUE is negative. */
4568 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4573 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4574 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4578 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4580 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4582 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4583 /* The value is too big. */
4585 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4586 /* The value is too small. */
4593 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4596 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4598 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4601 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4604 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4607 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4614 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4617 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4620 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4627 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4630 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4631 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4634 register asection
*s
;
4636 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4638 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4641 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4643 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4644 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4647 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4653 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4656 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4659 register asection
*s
;
4660 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4661 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4667 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4671 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4672 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4674 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4675 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4676 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4678 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4682 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4683 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4684 are not creating a global offset table. */
4686 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4687 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4688 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4691 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4694 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4695 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4698 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4701 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4702 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4703 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4705 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4706 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4707 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4710 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4718 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4719 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4720 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4723 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4725 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4727 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4728 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4731 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4732 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4733 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4737 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
4738 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4740 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4741 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4742 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4743 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4744 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4745 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
4752 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
4753 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
4754 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
4755 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
4756 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
4760 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
4767 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4768 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4769 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4771 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4772 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4773 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4775 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4776 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4777 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4778 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4780 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4781 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4782 asection
*input_section
,
4783 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4784 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4785 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4786 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
4787 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
4789 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
4790 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
4792 /* The eventual value we will return. */
4794 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
4797 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
4798 shared object file being produced. */
4800 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
4803 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
4805 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
4806 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
4807 during execution. */
4808 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
4809 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
4811 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
4812 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4813 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
4815 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
4816 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
4817 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
4818 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
4819 "__gnu_local_gp". */
4820 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4823 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4825 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
4826 relocation value. */
4827 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
4828 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
4829 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4830 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
4831 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4834 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4838 /* Parse the relocation. */
4839 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4840 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4841 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4842 + input_section
->output_offset
4843 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4845 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
4846 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
4848 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
4849 used in the array of hash table entries. */
4850 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4851 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4853 was_local_p
= local_p
;
4854 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
4855 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4858 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
4859 must come before globals. */
4863 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
4866 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4868 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
4869 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
4871 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4872 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
4873 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
4874 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
4875 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4876 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4878 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
4880 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4883 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
4884 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
4887 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4888 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
4889 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
4892 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
4894 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
4895 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
4899 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
4901 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
4902 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4903 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
4904 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
4905 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4906 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4907 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4909 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
4910 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
4912 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
4913 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4914 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
4915 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
4917 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
4918 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
4919 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
4920 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4924 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
4925 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4926 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4927 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4930 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4931 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4932 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4934 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4935 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4936 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4938 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4939 if (sec
->output_section
)
4940 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4941 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4942 + sec
->output_offset
);
4944 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4946 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4947 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4948 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4949 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4952 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4953 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4955 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4956 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4958 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4959 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4960 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4961 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4962 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4964 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4965 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4968 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4970 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4971 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4972 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4973 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4974 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4975 which is available from here:
4976 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4979 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4980 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4981 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4982 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4983 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
4985 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4989 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4992 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
4993 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
4994 then the target is not microMIPS. */
4995 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
4996 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
4999 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5000 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5002 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5004 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5005 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5007 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5008 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5009 && !info
->relocatable
5011 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5012 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5014 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5015 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5016 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5018 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5019 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5023 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5028 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5031 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5032 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5033 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5034 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5043 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5044 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5045 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5047 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5048 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5049 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5050 use an indirect stub instead. */
5051 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5052 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5054 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5055 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5056 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5059 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5062 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5063 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5065 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5070 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5072 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5074 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5081 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5084 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5087 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5088 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5090 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5092 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5093 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5094 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5095 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5096 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5097 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5099 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5100 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5101 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5103 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5104 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5105 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5108 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5109 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5110 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5111 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5112 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5114 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5115 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5116 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5117 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5118 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5119 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5120 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5121 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5123 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5124 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5125 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5126 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5128 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5129 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5131 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5136 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5137 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5138 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5139 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5141 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5142 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5146 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5147 to need it, get it now. */
5150 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5151 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5154 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5155 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5156 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5157 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5158 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5159 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5160 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5161 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5162 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5163 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5164 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5165 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5167 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5168 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5169 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5170 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5171 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5172 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5173 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5174 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5175 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5176 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5178 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5179 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5181 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5185 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5186 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5187 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5188 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5189 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5190 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5192 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5193 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5194 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5198 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5199 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5201 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5202 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5203 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5204 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5207 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5208 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5209 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5213 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5214 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5216 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5219 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5220 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5224 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5225 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5226 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5228 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5232 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5233 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5235 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5236 + input_section
->output_offset
5237 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5238 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5239 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5240 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5242 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5243 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5245 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5246 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5249 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5252 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5256 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5259 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5260 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5267 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5269 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5270 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5271 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5272 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5274 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5275 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5276 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5278 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5279 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5280 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5281 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5282 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5283 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5285 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5293 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5297 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5298 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5302 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5306 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5307 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5311 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5312 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5313 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5314 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5315 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5317 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5321 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5322 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5323 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5324 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5326 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5327 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5330 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5332 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5333 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5334 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5335 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5336 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5340 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5341 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5342 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5343 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5347 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5348 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5349 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5350 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5351 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5352 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5355 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5356 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5357 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5358 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5362 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5363 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5364 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5365 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5366 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5367 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5372 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5375 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5376 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5380 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5381 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5382 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5386 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5387 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5388 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5389 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5390 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5391 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5392 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5393 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5394 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5395 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5396 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5398 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5399 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5405 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5406 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5408 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5411 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5412 for this conditional. */
5413 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5414 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5415 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5416 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5417 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5419 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5420 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5421 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5422 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5423 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5426 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5427 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5430 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5431 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5432 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5433 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5434 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5435 not check for overflow here. */
5439 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5440 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5441 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5442 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5443 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5448 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5449 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5450 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5451 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5452 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5453 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5454 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5455 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5456 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5457 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5458 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5459 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5460 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5461 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5462 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5463 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5464 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5465 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5469 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5472 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5473 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5476 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5477 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5478 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5479 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5480 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5482 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5483 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5484 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5485 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5487 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5488 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5495 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5496 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5497 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5498 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5499 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5500 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5501 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5502 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5503 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5504 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5506 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5509 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5510 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5512 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5516 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5517 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5518 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5519 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5520 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5523 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5524 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5525 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5526 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5527 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5530 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5531 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5532 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5533 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5534 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5537 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5538 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5539 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5540 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5541 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5544 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5545 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5546 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5547 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5548 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5551 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5552 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5553 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5554 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5555 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5556 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5557 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5559 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5560 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5563 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5564 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5565 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5566 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5567 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5570 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5571 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5572 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5573 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5574 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5575 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5576 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5579 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5580 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5582 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5585 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5589 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5590 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5591 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5595 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5596 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5597 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5600 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5601 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5602 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5603 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5606 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5607 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5608 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5609 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5613 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5614 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5615 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5616 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5617 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5618 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5619 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5623 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5624 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5625 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5626 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5629 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5630 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5633 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5635 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5638 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5641 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5642 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5643 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5646 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5648 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5649 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5654 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5655 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5656 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5658 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5659 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5661 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5664 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5665 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5666 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5667 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5668 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5669 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5673 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5675 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5676 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5678 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5680 /* Obtain the current value. */
5681 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5683 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5684 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5686 /* Set the field. */
5687 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5689 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5690 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5693 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5694 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5696 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5697 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5699 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5702 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5704 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5709 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5713 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5714 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5717 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5718 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5721 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5726 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5727 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5730 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5732 if (!info
->relocatable
5733 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5734 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5735 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
5736 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5737 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
5738 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5739 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5740 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
5741 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
5742 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5748 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5749 + input_section
->output_offset
5750 + relocation
->r_offset
5752 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5753 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
5757 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
5759 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5760 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5762 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5766 /* Put the value into the output. */
5767 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5769 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
5775 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5776 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5777 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5778 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5781 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5782 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5783 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5784 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5785 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
5786 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
5788 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
5793 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
5794 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5796 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5799 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5800 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5801 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5802 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
5803 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
5804 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5807 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
5808 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
5809 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5811 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
5812 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
5813 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
5814 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
5817 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
5818 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
5821 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
5823 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
5824 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
5825 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
5830 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
5831 in the relocation. */
5832 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5834 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
5835 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
5836 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5837 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
5839 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
5840 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
5841 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
5842 undefined symbols. */
5847 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5849 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
5851 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5856 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
5859 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
5860 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
5866 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
5867 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
5868 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
5869 local symbols because we used to generate them
5870 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
5871 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
5872 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
5873 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
5874 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
5875 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
5877 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
5878 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
5879 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
5880 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
5881 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5886 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
5887 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
5888 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
5889 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
5890 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5893 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5894 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
5895 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
5897 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
5898 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
5899 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
5902 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
5903 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
5904 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
5905 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
5906 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
5907 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
5908 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
5909 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
5910 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
5911 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
5912 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
5913 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
5914 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
5915 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
5918 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
5920 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
5921 correct location in the output file. */
5922 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5923 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5924 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5925 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5926 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5927 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5929 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
5930 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
5931 relocation format is non-standard. */
5932 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
5934 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
5935 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5937 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
5939 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5941 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
5942 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
5943 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
5944 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5946 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
5949 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
5950 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
5951 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
5953 /* We've now added another relocation. */
5954 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
5956 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
5957 will be writing to it. */
5958 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
5961 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
5962 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5964 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
5969 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
5971 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
5972 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
5973 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
5974 + input_section
->output_offset
);
5975 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
5976 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
5978 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
5979 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
5980 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
5982 cr
= (scpt
->contents
5983 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
5984 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
5985 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
5986 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
5987 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
5988 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
5992 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5993 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5995 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5996 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6001 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6004 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6006 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6008 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6009 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6011 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6012 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6014 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6015 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6017 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6018 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6020 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6021 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6023 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6024 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6026 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6027 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6029 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6030 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6032 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6033 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6035 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6036 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6038 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6039 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6041 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6042 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6044 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6045 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6047 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6048 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6050 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6051 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6053 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6054 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6056 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6057 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6060 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6064 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6067 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6070 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6073 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6076 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6078 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6079 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6081 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6082 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6084 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6085 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6087 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6088 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6095 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6097 static INLINE
char *
6098 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6102 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6103 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6106 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6108 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6112 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6114 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6116 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6118 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6121 return "unknown abi";
6125 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6126 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6127 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6128 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6129 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6130 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6131 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6132 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6134 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6135 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6136 definition in a shared library. */
6137 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6138 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6139 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6141 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6144 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6146 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6148 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6149 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6150 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6152 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6153 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6154 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6155 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6156 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6157 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6158 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6160 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6161 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6162 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6163 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6164 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6165 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6166 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6167 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6168 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6169 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6171 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6175 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6176 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6177 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6178 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6179 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6182 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6183 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6185 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6186 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6187 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6188 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6189 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6190 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6191 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6192 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6193 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6194 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6196 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6197 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6200 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6201 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6206 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6208 if (section
!= NULL
)
6210 asym
->section
= section
;
6211 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6212 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6213 base address to make it an offset. */
6214 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6221 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6223 if (section
!= NULL
)
6225 asym
->section
= section
;
6226 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6227 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6228 base address to make it an offset. */
6229 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6235 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6236 or microMIPS one. */
6237 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6238 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6241 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6242 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6243 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6245 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6246 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6250 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6251 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6253 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6254 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6255 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6256 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6257 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6259 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6260 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6261 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6262 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6264 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6265 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6266 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6267 We therefore take the following approach:
6269 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6270 determine the pointer size.
6272 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6273 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6277 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6278 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6279 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6280 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6281 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6283 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6284 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6288 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6290 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6292 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6294 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6296 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6297 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6298 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6305 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6306 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6307 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6316 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6317 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6318 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6320 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6321 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6324 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6325 will jump there rather than to .text.
6327 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6328 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6331 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6333 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6336 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6337 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6338 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6342 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6344 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6345 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6349 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6350 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6353 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6356 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6357 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6361 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6362 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6363 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6364 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6366 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6368 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6369 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6370 so that we don't have to read them again.
6371 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6372 through the section contents to see if there is an
6373 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6375 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6377 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6378 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6380 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6382 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6384 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6386 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6387 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6388 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6391 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6398 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6399 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6402 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6403 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6406 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6413 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6414 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6418 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6425 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6427 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6429 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6430 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6431 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6432 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6433 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6434 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6435 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6436 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6437 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6438 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6440 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6441 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6443 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6445 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6446 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6448 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6451 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6453 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6455 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6457 unsigned int adjust
;
6459 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6461 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6469 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6470 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6471 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6473 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6477 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6478 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6484 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6485 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6486 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6487 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6488 probably get away with this. */
6489 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6491 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6492 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6496 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6499 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6500 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6503 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6504 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6507 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6508 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6511 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6512 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6514 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6516 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6517 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6518 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6520 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6522 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6523 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6526 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6527 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6530 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6531 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6534 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6535 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6536 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6539 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6540 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6543 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6544 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6545 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6552 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6557 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6558 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6564 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6566 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6567 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6568 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6569 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6570 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6572 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6575 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6576 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6578 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6579 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6582 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6583 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6584 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6585 they should agree. */
6586 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6588 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6590 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6591 if (contents
== NULL
)
6593 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6600 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6601 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6603 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6605 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6607 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6609 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6610 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6611 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6614 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6616 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6618 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6620 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6621 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6623 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6625 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6627 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6629 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6631 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6632 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6634 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6644 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6645 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6646 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6649 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6651 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6653 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6655 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6656 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6657 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6659 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6660 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6661 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6663 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6664 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6665 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6667 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6668 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6669 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6671 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6672 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6673 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6674 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6675 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6677 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6679 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6681 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6682 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6683 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6684 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6686 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6687 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6689 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6692 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6694 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6695 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6696 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6697 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6699 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6700 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6702 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6703 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6706 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6707 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6708 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6709 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6710 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6711 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6712 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6713 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6715 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6716 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6718 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6720 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6721 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6722 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6724 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6726 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6727 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6728 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6730 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6731 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6733 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6735 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6736 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6737 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6738 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
6739 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6741 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6743 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
6744 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6745 final_write_processing. */
6747 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6748 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6750 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
6751 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6752 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6754 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
6756 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
6757 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
6758 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
6761 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6762 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6763 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6764 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6765 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6770 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6771 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6772 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6773 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6774 the .scommon section. */
6777 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6778 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
6780 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
6782 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6785 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
6787 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
6793 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
6794 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
6797 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6798 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
6799 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6800 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
6802 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6803 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
6804 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
6806 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
6811 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
6812 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
6813 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
6814 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
6815 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
6816 is not done for them. */
6818 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6819 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
6825 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
6828 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6829 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
6830 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6831 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
6832 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6835 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6836 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
6837 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6838 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
6842 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6843 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6845 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
6846 asection
*elf_text_section
;
6847 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6849 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6850 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
6853 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6854 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6855 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
6858 /* Initialize the section. */
6860 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
6861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6863 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
6864 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
6866 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
6867 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6868 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6869 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6870 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
6871 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6872 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
6874 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6875 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6876 so I took it out. */
6877 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
6880 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6881 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
6883 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
6884 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6886 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
6887 asection
*elf_data_section
;
6888 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
6890 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6891 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
6894 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
6895 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6896 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
6899 /* Initialize the section. */
6901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
6902 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6904 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
6905 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
6907 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
6908 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
6909 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
6910 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
6911 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
6912 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
6913 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
6915 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
6916 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
6917 so I took it out. */
6918 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
6921 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6922 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6926 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6928 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
6929 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6932 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6934 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
6936 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6937 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
6938 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6944 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6946 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6949 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
6950 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
6953 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
6954 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
6955 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
6956 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
6962 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
6963 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
6964 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
6967 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
6968 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6969 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
6970 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6972 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
6973 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
6974 common in the output file. */
6975 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
6976 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
6977 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
6979 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
6980 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6985 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
6987 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
6990 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6992 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6993 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6995 register asection
*s
;
6996 const char * const *namep
;
6997 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6999 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7000 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7002 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7003 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7005 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7007 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7009 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7012 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7017 /* We need to create .got section. */
7018 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7021 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7024 /* Create .stub section. */
7025 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7026 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7029 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7030 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7034 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7036 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7038 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7039 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7041 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7042 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7046 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7047 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7048 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7049 the linker takes such action. */
7050 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7052 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7055 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7056 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7057 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7060 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7063 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7065 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7069 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7070 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7072 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7076 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7077 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7079 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7080 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7082 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7083 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7085 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7087 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7089 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7090 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7092 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7099 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7101 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7102 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7103 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7106 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7109 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7111 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7114 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7116 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7117 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7118 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7119 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7120 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7121 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7123 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7125 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7126 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7127 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7133 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7135 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7137 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7141 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7142 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7143 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7146 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7147 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7148 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7149 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7151 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7152 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7155 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7157 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7162 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7164 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7165 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7168 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7171 htab
->plt_header_size
7172 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7173 htab
->plt_entry_size
7174 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7178 htab
->plt_header_size
7179 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7180 htab
->plt_entry_size
7181 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7184 else if (!info
->shared
)
7186 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7187 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7188 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7194 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7195 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7196 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7199 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7200 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7201 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7203 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7204 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7206 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7207 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7208 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7209 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7211 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7212 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7213 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7216 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7217 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7218 of the section that REL is against. */
7221 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7222 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7225 unsigned int r_type
;
7228 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7229 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7231 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7232 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7233 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7234 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7236 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7239 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7240 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7241 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7242 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7243 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7246 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7247 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7248 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7249 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7251 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7252 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7253 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7256 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7257 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7258 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7259 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7260 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7262 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7264 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7265 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7266 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7269 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7271 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7272 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7273 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7274 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7275 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7276 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7278 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7279 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7280 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7281 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7282 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7285 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7286 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7287 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7289 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7290 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7297 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7298 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7299 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7302 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7307 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7308 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7310 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7314 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7317 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7318 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7321 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7322 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7329 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7330 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7332 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7333 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7336 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7338 if (info
->relocatable
)
7341 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7342 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7344 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7345 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7346 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7347 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7349 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7350 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7352 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7354 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7355 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7357 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7359 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7362 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7365 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7366 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7367 " stub section `%s'"),
7369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7373 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7374 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7378 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7379 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7380 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7381 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7383 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7384 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7386 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7387 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7388 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7389 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7393 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7395 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7398 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7399 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7400 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7401 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7404 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7413 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7414 not need it. Since this function is called before
7415 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7416 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7418 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7422 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7424 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7426 unsigned long symcount
;
7430 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7431 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7433 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7434 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7435 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7438 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7441 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7442 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7444 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7445 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7446 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7447 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7453 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7454 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7456 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7457 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7458 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7460 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7462 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7463 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7464 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7465 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7466 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7467 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7469 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7473 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7475 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7478 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7480 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7484 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7487 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7490 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7491 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7492 " stub section `%s'"),
7494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7498 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7499 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7503 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7504 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7505 that refers to this symbol. */
7506 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7508 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7511 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7512 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7513 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7514 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7518 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7520 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7523 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7524 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7525 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7526 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7529 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7538 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7539 not need it. Since this function is called before
7540 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7541 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7543 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7547 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7549 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7551 unsigned long symcount
;
7555 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7556 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7558 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7559 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7560 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7563 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7566 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7569 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7570 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7571 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7572 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7576 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7577 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7579 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7581 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7582 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7584 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7586 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7587 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7588 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7589 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7590 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7593 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7597 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7599 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7605 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7607 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7608 unsigned int r_type
;
7609 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7610 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7612 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7613 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7615 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7617 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7619 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7620 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7622 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7627 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7629 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7630 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7631 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7634 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7635 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7636 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7641 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7642 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7643 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7644 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7645 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7646 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7647 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7648 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7650 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7651 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7652 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7653 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7654 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7655 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7656 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7657 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7658 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7659 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7660 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7661 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7662 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7663 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7664 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7665 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7666 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7667 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7669 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7670 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7672 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7674 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7675 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7676 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7682 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7683 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7685 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7691 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7692 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7693 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7695 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7696 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7697 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7698 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7699 against a read-only section. */
7702 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7703 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7704 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7705 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7706 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7707 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7709 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7711 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7714 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7715 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7716 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7717 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7718 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7720 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7721 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7722 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7725 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7726 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7727 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7728 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7729 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7731 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7736 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7739 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
7745 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
7746 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
7747 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
7748 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
7749 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
7751 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
7757 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7758 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7759 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7760 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
7764 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7768 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7769 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7770 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7771 relocations against the text segment. */
7772 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7775 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7776 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
7777 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
7778 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
7780 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7781 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7782 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7783 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7784 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7785 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7786 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7787 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7788 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7789 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
7794 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
7795 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
7796 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
7801 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7802 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7805 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7806 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
7807 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7813 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7814 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7815 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7816 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7819 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
7820 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
7821 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
7822 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
7826 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
7827 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
7828 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
7834 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7835 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7836 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
7837 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
7840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
7841 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7843 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
7844 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
7845 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
7846 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
7851 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7853 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7854 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7855 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7856 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7857 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7858 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
7860 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
7861 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
7862 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
7864 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
7866 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
7868 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
7869 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
7871 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7872 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
7875 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7878 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7879 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
7885 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7886 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7887 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
7892 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7893 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7894 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7896 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
7899 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7900 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7901 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7902 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
7904 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7910 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7911 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7912 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
7913 for TLS GD relocations. */
7916 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
7922 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
7932 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7933 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
7934 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
7935 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
7939 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
7943 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
7945 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
7946 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
7947 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
7948 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
7949 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7950 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7951 relocations against the text segment. */
7952 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7956 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7958 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
7959 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
7960 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
7961 it will be left as zero.
7963 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
7964 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
7966 For an executable, we only need to copy this
7967 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
7969 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7970 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7971 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
7972 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
7973 are relocations against the text segment. */
7974 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7978 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7979 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7980 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7984 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
7985 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
7986 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
7987 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
7988 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
7989 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
7990 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
7991 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7992 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
7993 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
7996 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
7997 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
7998 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7999 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8003 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8004 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8005 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8006 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8008 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8016 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8017 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8018 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8019 a normal .got entry. */
8020 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8024 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8026 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8028 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8029 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8031 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8032 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8033 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8034 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8038 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8039 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8040 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8041 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8043 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8044 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8048 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8049 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8052 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8053 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8054 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8055 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8056 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8064 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8065 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8066 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8067 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8068 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8069 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8070 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8073 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8074 and has a special meaning. */
8075 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8076 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8079 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8080 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8087 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8088 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8089 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8090 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8092 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8093 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8105 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8106 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8109 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8110 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8111 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8112 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8114 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8115 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8118 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8121 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8124 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8125 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8126 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8129 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8130 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8131 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8132 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8134 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8137 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8138 unsigned int r_type
;
8139 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8141 unsigned long instruction
;
8143 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8144 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8145 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8146 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8147 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8150 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8151 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8152 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8154 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8155 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8156 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8158 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8159 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8160 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8162 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8164 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8165 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8166 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8167 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8168 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8171 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8172 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8173 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8174 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8175 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8177 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8181 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8183 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8184 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8186 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8187 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8188 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8189 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8191 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8195 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8196 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8198 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8199 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8200 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8201 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8204 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8205 symval
= isym
->st_value
8206 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8207 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8210 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8212 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8213 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8215 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8216 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8221 /* Check that it's in range. */
8222 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8225 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8226 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8229 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8231 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8232 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8233 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8234 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8235 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8236 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8240 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8241 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8242 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8245 if (contents
!= NULL
8246 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8248 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8252 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8253 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8259 if (contents
!= NULL
8260 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8265 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8268 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8270 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8272 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8273 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8275 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8276 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8278 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8279 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8281 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8282 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8283 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8286 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8287 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8288 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8291 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8292 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8293 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8294 if (! info
->relocatable
8295 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8296 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8297 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8300 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8302 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8304 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8305 non-default visibility. */
8306 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8309 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8311 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8313 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8320 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8321 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8322 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8323 relocations against it.
8325 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8326 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8328 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8330 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8331 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8332 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8335 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8336 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8337 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8338 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8339 against the text segment. */
8340 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8347 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8348 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8349 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8350 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8354 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8355 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8358 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8359 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8361 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8362 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8364 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8365 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8367 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8368 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8370 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8373 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8375 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8377 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8378 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8379 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8380 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8381 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8383 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8384 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8385 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8387 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8390 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8391 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8392 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8393 executable and the shared library. */
8394 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8396 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8397 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8401 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8402 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8404 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8405 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8406 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8407 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8408 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8409 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8410 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8411 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8412 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8413 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8414 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8415 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8416 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8418 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8420 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8422 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8424 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8425 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8426 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8427 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8428 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8429 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8432 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8433 for the same reason as above. */
8434 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8435 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8438 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8440 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8442 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8444 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8446 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8447 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8448 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8449 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8452 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8453 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8454 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8456 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8457 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8458 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8460 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8461 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8462 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8463 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8464 function address. */
8465 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8466 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8469 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8471 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8472 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8473 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8474 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8476 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8477 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8478 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8480 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8481 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8482 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8487 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8488 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8489 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8490 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8492 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8493 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8494 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8495 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8499 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8500 in regular objects. */
8504 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8505 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8506 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8509 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8510 some that we can't convert. */
8511 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8513 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8514 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8515 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8516 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8520 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8521 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8522 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8523 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8524 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8525 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8526 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8527 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8528 same memory location for the variable. */
8530 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8532 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8533 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8535 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8539 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8540 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8541 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8543 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8546 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8547 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8548 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8551 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8552 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8556 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8558 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8559 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8561 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8562 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8564 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8567 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8569 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8570 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8577 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8580 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8584 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8585 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8586 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8588 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
8589 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8591 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8592 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8598 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8601 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8602 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8603 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8604 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8605 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8607 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8608 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8609 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8611 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8612 the target symbol. */
8613 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8616 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
8617 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
8618 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8620 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8621 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8623 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
8625 asection
*subsection
;
8627 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
8629 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8631 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8633 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8634 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8638 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8639 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8640 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8641 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8644 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8645 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8646 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8648 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8650 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8651 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8653 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8655 /* Count the number of GOT entries and TLS relocs. */
8658 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_got_entries
, &tga
);
8660 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8661 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8662 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8664 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8665 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8667 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8669 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8672 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8675 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8677 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8680 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8682 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8687 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
8688 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
8689 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
8690 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
8691 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
8692 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
8694 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8695 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8698 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8699 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
8702 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
8703 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
8705 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8707 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
8713 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8716 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8718 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8719 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8721 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8722 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8724 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8727 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8728 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8729 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8731 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8732 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8733 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8735 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8736 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
8738 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8739 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
8740 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8741 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
8743 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
8746 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8747 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8748 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8751 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
8753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8755 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
8756 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
8758 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
8759 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8760 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
8761 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8766 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8767 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8770 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8774 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8775 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8777 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8780 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
8781 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
8782 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
8783 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
8784 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
8787 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
8790 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8791 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8794 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
8795 bfd_boolean reltext
;
8796 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8798 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8799 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8800 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8801 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8803 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8805 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
8806 if (info
->executable
)
8808 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
8809 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8811 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
8813 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
8816 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
8817 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
8819 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8821 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
8823 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
8824 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
8825 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
8832 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8833 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
8835 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
8837 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
8840 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
8842 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
8843 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
8846 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8850 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
8851 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
8852 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
8854 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8857 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
8861 const char *outname
;
8864 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
8865 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
8866 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
8867 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
8868 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
8870 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
8872 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
8874 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
8875 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8876 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
8879 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
8880 to copy relocs into the output file. */
8881 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
8884 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
8885 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
8886 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
8887 will move them around between input sections'
8888 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
8889 broken, so don't let it run. */
8890 info
->combreloc
= 0;
8893 else if (! info
->shared
8894 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8895 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
8897 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
8898 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
8899 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8901 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8902 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
8903 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
8904 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
8906 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
8907 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
8908 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
8909 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
8910 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
8913 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
8915 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
8916 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
8917 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
8919 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
8925 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8929 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8932 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
8933 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
8934 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
8936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8941 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8943 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
8944 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
8945 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
8946 the .dynamic section. */
8948 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
8949 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
8950 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
8951 may only look at the first one they see. */
8953 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
8956 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
8957 used by the debugger. */
8958 if (info
->executable
8959 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
8960 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
8963 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
8964 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8966 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
8968 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
8971 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
8972 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
8973 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
8974 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
8975 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8978 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
8981 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8982 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8984 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
8985 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
8986 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
8988 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
8991 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
8994 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9000 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9002 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9005 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9008 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9012 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9015 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9018 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9021 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9024 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9027 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9030 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9033 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9034 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9037 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9038 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9039 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9040 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9043 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9045 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9048 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9051 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9054 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9057 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9058 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9065 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9066 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9067 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9068 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9071 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9072 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9073 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9075 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9076 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9079 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9081 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9082 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9083 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9084 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9086 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9087 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9090 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9091 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9093 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9094 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9096 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9097 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9100 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9101 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9102 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9106 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9107 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9108 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9109 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9110 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9111 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9112 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9113 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9114 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9115 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9116 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9118 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9119 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9120 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9123 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9124 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9125 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9126 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9127 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9128 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9129 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9132 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9133 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9134 unsigned int r_type
;
9137 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9139 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9140 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9142 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9148 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9149 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9150 howto
, i
, contents
);
9155 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9158 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9159 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9160 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9161 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9162 asection
**local_sections
)
9164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9165 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9167 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9168 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9170 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9171 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9172 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9176 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9177 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9178 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9180 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9181 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9183 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9185 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9186 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9187 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9189 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9190 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9192 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9193 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9195 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9196 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9197 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9199 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9204 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9207 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9208 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9209 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9210 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9211 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9212 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9215 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9216 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9217 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9220 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9222 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9223 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9224 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9228 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9230 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9231 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9232 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9233 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9234 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9235 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9236 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9238 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9240 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9244 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9246 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9247 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9248 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9250 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9253 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9254 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9256 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9257 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9258 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9261 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9265 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9267 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9268 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9270 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9271 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9272 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9277 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9280 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9281 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9282 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9285 if (info
->relocatable
)
9287 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9288 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9291 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9293 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9294 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9295 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9296 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9297 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9298 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9299 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9301 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9303 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9304 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9305 source of the addend in the final link. */
9306 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9308 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9309 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9310 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9311 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9312 but for endianness. */
9318 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9320 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9327 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9328 do two separate stores. */
9329 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9331 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9333 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9339 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9341 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9342 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9344 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9348 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9349 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9354 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9358 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9359 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9360 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9362 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9363 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9364 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9365 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9367 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9369 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9370 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9371 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9372 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9373 local_sections
, &value
,
9374 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9375 use_saved_addend_p
))
9377 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9378 /* There's nothing to do. */
9381 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9382 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9383 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9384 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9385 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9388 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9389 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9390 info
->callbacks
->warning
9391 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9394 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9395 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9396 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9397 a given location. */
9401 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9403 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9404 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9405 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9406 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9407 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9408 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9410 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9411 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9413 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9414 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9416 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9417 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9418 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9426 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9427 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9429 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9430 info
->callbacks
->warning
9431 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9441 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9442 until we reach the last one. */
9443 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9449 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9450 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9451 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9452 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9453 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9454 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9455 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9456 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9462 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9464 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9471 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9472 do two separate stores. */
9473 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9475 /* Undo what we did above. */
9477 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9479 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9485 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9487 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9488 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9489 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9490 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9494 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9495 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9496 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9497 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9504 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9505 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9508 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9510 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9512 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9515 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9517 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9518 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9519 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9520 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9522 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9523 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9527 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9536 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9537 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9539 /* Work out the target address. */
9540 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9541 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9543 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9544 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9546 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9548 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9549 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9550 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9552 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9554 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9555 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9557 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9558 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9563 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9564 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9569 /* This is trampoline. */
9571 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9573 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9574 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9575 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9576 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9577 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9578 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9579 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9583 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9584 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9585 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9586 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9592 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9593 adjust it appropriately now. */
9596 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9597 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9599 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9600 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9601 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9604 "__dso_displacement",
9606 "__program_header_table",
9610 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9618 const char* const *p
;
9621 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9622 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9625 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9627 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9629 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9630 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9632 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9634 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9636 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9642 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9643 dynamic sections here. */
9646 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9647 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9649 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9653 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9657 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9659 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9660 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9661 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9662 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9664 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9666 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9668 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9670 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9671 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9672 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9674 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9675 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9676 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9677 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9678 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9680 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9681 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9682 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9684 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9685 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9686 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9688 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9689 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9690 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9691 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9692 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9693 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9695 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9696 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9697 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9698 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9699 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9701 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9703 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9704 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9706 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9707 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9709 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9710 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9711 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9712 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9714 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9716 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9717 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9721 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9722 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9725 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9726 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9727 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9728 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
9730 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9731 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9732 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9733 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9734 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9735 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9736 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
9740 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9742 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9743 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
9745 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9747 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9749 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9750 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
9752 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9753 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9755 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
9758 /* Fill the stub. */
9760 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
9764 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
9770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
9773 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9774 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9775 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
9776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9777 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
9778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
9780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
9783 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
9784 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
9785 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
9787 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
9788 only for the referenced symbol. */
9789 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9791 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
9792 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
9793 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
9794 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
9795 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
9799 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
9800 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
9802 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
9804 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
9805 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
9806 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
9807 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
9808 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
9811 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
9812 || h
->forced_local
);
9816 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
9818 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
9819 the symbols that need them. */
9820 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
9825 value
= sym
->st_value
;
9826 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
9827 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9830 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
9832 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
9838 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
9841 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
9843 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9846 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
9850 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
9852 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
9854 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
9855 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
9857 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
9858 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
9859 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
9860 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
9861 appropriate addend. */
9862 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
9864 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
9865 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9866 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
9868 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
9869 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
9872 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
9873 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
9874 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
9878 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
9879 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
9884 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
9885 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9886 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
9887 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
9888 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9889 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
9890 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
9892 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9893 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9896 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9898 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9899 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9900 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
9902 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9904 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
9905 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
9907 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9908 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9910 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9912 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
9914 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9915 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9916 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
9917 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9919 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
9921 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
9922 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9923 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9924 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9928 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
9934 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9937 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9938 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
9939 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
9940 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
9941 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
9942 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
9945 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
9946 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9947 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
9949 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
9950 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
9951 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
9953 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
9954 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
9960 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
9963 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9966 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9970 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9971 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9972 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9974 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9975 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9976 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9977 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9979 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9982 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
9983 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
9984 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9986 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9987 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9988 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9990 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
9991 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9992 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
9995 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9996 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9997 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9999 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10000 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10001 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10004 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10005 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10006 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10008 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10009 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10010 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10012 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10013 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10014 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
10016 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10017 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
10021 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10022 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10027 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10029 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10030 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10031 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10042 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10043 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10045 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10046 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10047 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10048 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10049 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10051 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10052 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10053 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10054 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10055 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10056 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10058 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10059 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10061 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10062 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10065 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10066 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10067 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10068 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10070 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10072 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10073 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10076 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10079 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10080 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10082 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10083 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10086 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10090 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10091 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10092 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10094 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10095 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10096 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10097 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10098 + sgot
->output_offset
10100 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10101 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10102 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10105 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10108 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10110 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10112 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10113 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10114 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10115 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10117 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10118 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10119 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10120 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10121 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10124 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10125 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10126 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10131 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10134 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10137 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10138 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10139 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10141 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10142 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10144 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10145 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10146 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10147 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10149 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10151 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10152 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10153 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10154 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10155 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10157 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10158 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10159 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10160 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10162 /* Install the PLT header. */
10163 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10164 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10165 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10167 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10168 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10169 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10174 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10175 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10178 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10180 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10182 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10183 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10184 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10186 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10187 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10189 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10191 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10192 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10193 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10194 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10196 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10197 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10199 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10200 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10202 /* Install the PLT header. */
10203 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10206 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10208 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10211 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10212 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10213 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10214 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10217 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10219 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10220 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10221 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10222 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10223 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10224 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10226 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10227 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10228 in which symbols were output. */
10229 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10231 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10233 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10234 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10235 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10236 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10238 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10239 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10240 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10241 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10243 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10244 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10245 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10246 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10250 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10253 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10258 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10259 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10261 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10262 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10263 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10264 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10267 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10270 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10271 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10276 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10277 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10279 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10280 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10282 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10284 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10287 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10289 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10292 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10294 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10295 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10297 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
10298 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10300 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10301 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10302 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10304 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10308 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10310 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10311 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10313 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10319 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10323 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10324 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10328 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10330 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10335 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10338 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10340 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10343 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10344 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10347 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10348 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10351 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10355 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10359 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10361 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10364 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10366 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10369 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10370 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10371 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10372 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10375 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10376 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10379 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10380 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10381 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10382 referenced within the same object. */
10383 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10386 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10387 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
10389 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10392 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10393 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10394 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10396 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10398 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10399 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10400 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10402 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10405 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10406 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10409 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10411 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10412 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10415 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10416 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10419 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10420 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10421 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10425 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10426 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10427 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10428 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10432 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10433 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10435 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10439 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10440 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10441 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10443 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10447 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10448 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10452 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10453 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10454 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10458 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10459 the dynamic tag. */
10460 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10462 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10463 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10468 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10469 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10470 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10471 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10473 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10477 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10478 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10479 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10484 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10485 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10486 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10490 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10495 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10496 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10497 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10500 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10501 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10503 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10505 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10506 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10507 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10508 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10509 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10510 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10511 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10513 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10514 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10515 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10517 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10521 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10522 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10523 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10524 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10525 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10526 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10529 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10530 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10533 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10534 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10536 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10537 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10539 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10540 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10542 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10544 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10545 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10547 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10548 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10549 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10551 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10553 if (! info
->shared
)
10556 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10558 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10559 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10560 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10561 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10562 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10563 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10565 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10570 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10571 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10574 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10577 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10579 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10581 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10582 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10583 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10585 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10588 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10589 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10591 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10597 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10598 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10599 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10600 are trailing null entries. */
10601 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10602 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10603 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10604 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10605 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10606 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10607 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10608 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10613 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10618 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10625 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10627 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10629 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10630 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10634 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10636 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10637 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10640 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10641 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10644 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10645 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10647 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10649 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10650 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10651 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10652 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10657 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10658 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10659 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10660 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10661 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10663 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10665 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10667 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10669 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10670 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10671 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10672 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10674 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10675 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10676 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10681 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10683 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10686 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10688 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10692 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10693 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10700 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10703 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10707 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10710 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10711 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10714 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10715 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10718 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10719 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10722 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10723 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10724 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10725 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10726 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
10729 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
10730 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
10733 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
10734 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
10737 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
10738 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
10741 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
10742 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
10745 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
10746 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
10749 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
10750 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
10753 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
10754 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
10757 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
10758 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
10761 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
10762 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
10765 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
10766 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
10767 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
10768 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
10769 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
10770 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
10771 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
10772 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
10775 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
10776 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
10779 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
10780 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
10783 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
10784 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
10787 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
10788 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
10791 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
10792 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
10795 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
10796 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
10797 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
10800 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
10801 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
10804 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
10805 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
10808 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
10809 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
10812 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
10813 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
10816 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
10817 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
10820 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
10821 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
10824 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10825 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
10830 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
10831 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
10832 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
10835 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
10836 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10839 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
10843 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
10844 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
10845 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
10846 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
10847 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
10849 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
10850 info for each special section. */
10851 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
10852 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
10855 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
10857 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
10858 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
10859 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
10861 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10864 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
10865 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10866 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10867 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10868 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
10869 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
10870 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10871 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10874 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
10875 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10876 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10877 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
10878 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
10879 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10880 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
10881 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10882 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10885 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
10886 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
10888 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10889 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
10891 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10894 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
10895 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
10896 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
10897 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10898 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
10899 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10900 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
10903 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
10904 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10906 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
10908 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
10909 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
10916 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
10920 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
10921 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10926 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
10927 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10928 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
10931 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
10932 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
10933 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
10934 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
10937 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
10938 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
10939 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
10940 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
10943 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
10944 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
10945 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
10946 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
10952 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
10955 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
10956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10959 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
10962 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
10964 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
10965 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
10967 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
10968 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
10973 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
10977 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
10979 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
10981 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
10982 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
10984 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
10985 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
10993 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
10994 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
10995 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
10997 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
10998 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
10999 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11000 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11002 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11004 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11005 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11010 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11012 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11014 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11015 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11018 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11020 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11021 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11022 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11023 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11024 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11025 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11026 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11027 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11028 *pm
= options_segment
;
11034 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11036 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11037 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11038 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11039 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11040 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11042 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11043 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11048 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11052 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11054 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11059 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11064 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11067 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11068 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11069 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11079 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11080 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11082 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11084 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11087 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11089 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11090 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11091 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11092 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11093 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11095 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11096 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11099 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11100 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11101 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11102 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11103 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11104 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11105 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11106 PT_LOAD segment. */
11107 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11110 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11112 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11114 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11118 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11120 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11122 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11124 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11125 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11132 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11133 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11138 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11139 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11141 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11144 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11145 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11152 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11154 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11156 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11158 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11167 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11168 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11170 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11171 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11172 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11173 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11174 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11176 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11177 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11178 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11179 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11180 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11183 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11184 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11186 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11187 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11189 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11190 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11194 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11198 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11206 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11210 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11211 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11212 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11213 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11214 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11216 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11219 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11221 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11222 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11226 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11229 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11232 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11233 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11234 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11235 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11238 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11239 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11240 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11241 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11242 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11245 if (info
->relocatable
)
11248 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11249 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11250 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11252 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11253 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11254 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11256 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11257 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11259 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11260 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11261 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11262 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11263 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11264 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11265 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11266 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11268 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11269 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11270 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11271 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11272 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11273 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11274 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11275 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11276 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11277 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11278 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11289 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11290 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11291 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11292 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11295 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11296 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11299 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11301 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11303 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11304 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11305 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11306 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11307 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11308 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11310 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11313 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11314 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11315 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11316 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11317 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11318 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11320 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11321 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11323 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11325 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11326 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11328 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11330 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11331 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11333 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11335 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11336 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11338 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11339 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11340 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11341 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11342 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11343 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11346 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11349 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11350 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11353 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11354 unsigned char *tdata
;
11357 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11362 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11364 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11365 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11368 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11372 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11373 info
->keep_memory
);
11380 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11381 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11383 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11385 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11394 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11395 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11401 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11402 free (cookie
->rels
);
11408 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11410 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11416 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11417 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11418 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11420 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11423 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11426 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11430 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11431 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11433 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11435 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11438 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11441 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11442 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11446 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11447 from output by default for clarity. */
11450 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11452 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11455 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11456 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11458 struct mips_elf_find_line
11460 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11461 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11465 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11466 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11467 const char **filename_ptr
,
11468 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11469 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11473 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11474 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11478 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11479 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11480 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11481 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11482 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11485 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11488 flagword origflags
;
11489 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11490 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11491 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11493 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11494 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11495 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11496 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11497 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11498 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11500 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11503 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11506 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11507 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11509 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11512 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11516 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11518 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11522 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11523 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11524 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11525 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11527 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11530 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11531 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11532 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11533 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11534 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11535 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11536 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11538 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11540 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11541 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11542 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11543 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11544 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11545 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11548 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11549 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11552 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11556 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11559 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11561 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11562 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11567 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11568 const char **filename_ptr
,
11569 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11570 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11573 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11574 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11575 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11580 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11581 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11582 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11585 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11586 const void *location
,
11587 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11589 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11593 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11595 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11596 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11597 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11600 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11603 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11606 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11609 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11612 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11616 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11617 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11620 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11622 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11623 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11625 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11628 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11629 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11630 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11633 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11634 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11637 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11640 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11641 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11644 /* read in the section */
11645 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11646 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11649 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11653 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11656 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11661 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11664 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11665 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11666 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11667 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11668 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11672 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11673 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11680 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11681 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11682 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11685 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11686 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11688 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11690 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11691 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11693 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11695 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11704 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11706 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11707 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11709 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11710 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11711 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11713 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11714 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11715 to the generic handling. */
11717 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11718 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11719 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11720 input_section
, relocatable
,
11723 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11725 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
11730 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
11732 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11733 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
11737 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
11741 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
11742 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
11743 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11744 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
11747 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
11748 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
11749 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
11750 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
11751 (*parent
)->address
)))
11754 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11755 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
11757 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
11758 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
11759 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
11762 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11771 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11772 free (reloc_vector
);
11776 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
11777 free (reloc_vector
);
11782 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
11783 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
11785 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11786 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
11787 bfd_byte
*contents
;
11788 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
11789 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
11790 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
11791 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11792 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
11793 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
11794 unsigned int symcount
;
11796 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
11797 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
11799 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
11800 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11802 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
11803 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
11804 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
11805 sec
->size
-= count
;
11807 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
11808 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
11810 /* Get the new reloc address. */
11811 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
11812 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
11815 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
11816 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
11818 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
11819 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11820 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11821 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
11822 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
11823 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
11825 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
11826 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
11827 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
11828 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11829 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
11831 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
11833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
11835 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11836 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11837 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
11839 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11841 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
11842 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
11844 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
11852 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
11853 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
11855 struct opcode_descriptor
{
11856 unsigned long match
;
11857 unsigned long mask
;
11860 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
11864 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
11866 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
11867 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
11869 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
11871 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
11872 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
11875 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
11877 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
11878 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
11879 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
11880 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11883 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
11884 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
11886 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
11887 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
11889 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
11890 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
11892 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
11893 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
11895 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
11896 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
11898 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
11899 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
11902 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
11904 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
11905 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
11906 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
11908 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
11910 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
11911 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
11912 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
11913 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11916 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
11917 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
11918 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
11919 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11922 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
11923 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
11924 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
11925 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11928 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
11929 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
11930 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
11931 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11934 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
11936 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
11937 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
11938 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
11941 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
11943 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
11944 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
11946 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
11947 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
11949 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
11950 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
11952 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
11953 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
11955 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
11956 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
11958 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11960 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
11961 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
11963 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
11964 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
11966 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
11967 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
11968 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
11969 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11972 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11974 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
11975 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
11977 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
11978 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
11979 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
11983 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
11985 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
11986 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
11988 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
11989 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
11991 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
11992 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
11994 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
11996 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
11998 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
11999 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12001 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12002 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12003 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12004 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12008 /* LUI instruction. */
12010 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12011 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12014 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12016 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12017 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12019 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12020 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12022 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12023 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12026 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12028 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12029 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12030 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12031 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12033 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12034 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12036 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12037 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12038 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12039 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12042 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12043 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12046 /* NOP instructions. */
12048 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12049 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12051 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12052 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12055 /* Instruction match support. */
12057 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12060 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12062 unsigned long indx
;
12064 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12065 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12072 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12074 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12075 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12076 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12077 the second half of another instruction. */
12080 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12082 unsigned long opcode
;
12085 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12086 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12087 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12089 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12090 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12091 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12094 /* No delay slot. */
12100 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12101 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12102 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12103 the second half of another instruction. */
12106 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12108 unsigned long opcode
;
12111 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12112 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12113 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12115 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12116 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12119 /* No delay slot. */
12125 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12126 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12129 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12131 unsigned long opcode
;
12133 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12134 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12136 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12138 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12139 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12140 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12142 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12148 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12149 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12152 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12154 unsigned long opcode
;
12156 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12157 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12159 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12160 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12161 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12163 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12164 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12165 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12166 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12167 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12168 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12169 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12170 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12176 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12177 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12178 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12181 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12182 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12183 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12185 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12186 unsigned long opcode
;
12188 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12189 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12192 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12193 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12194 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12200 /* Bitsize checking. */
12201 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12202 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12203 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12207 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12208 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12209 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12212 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12213 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12214 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12215 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12217 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12220 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12221 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12224 if (link_info
->relocatable
12225 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12226 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12227 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12230 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12232 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12233 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12234 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12235 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12236 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12239 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12240 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12241 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12243 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12244 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12245 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12246 unsigned long opcode
;
12252 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12253 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12257 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12259 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12260 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12261 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12264 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12265 if (contents
== NULL
)
12267 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12268 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12269 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12270 /* Go get them off disk. */
12271 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12274 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12276 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12277 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12279 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12280 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12281 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12282 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12284 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12288 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12289 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12291 /* A local symbol. */
12292 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12295 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12296 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12297 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12298 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12299 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12300 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12301 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12303 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12304 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12305 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12306 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12307 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12311 unsigned long indx
;
12312 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12314 /* An external symbol. */
12315 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12316 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12317 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12319 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12320 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12321 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12322 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12323 regular reloc processing. */
12326 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12327 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12328 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12329 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12330 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12334 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12335 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12336 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12337 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12338 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12339 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12340 the linker is run. */
12342 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12343 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12346 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12348 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12349 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12351 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12354 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12355 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12356 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12358 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12360 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12361 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12362 out the offset). */
12363 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12365 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12366 unsigned long nextopc
;
12370 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12372 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12373 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12374 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12377 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12378 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12379 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12380 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12383 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12384 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12385 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12386 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12389 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12390 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12391 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12392 it through if so. */
12393 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12394 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12395 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12396 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12397 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12398 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12400 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12402 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12405 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12407 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12408 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12409 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12410 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12411 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12412 switch (offset
- 4)
12417 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12421 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12428 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12430 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12432 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12435 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12436 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12437 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12439 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12440 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12442 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12443 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12445 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12446 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12447 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12448 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12449 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12450 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12453 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12454 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12455 the PC-relative distance. */
12456 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12457 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12458 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12459 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12460 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12462 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12463 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12465 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12466 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12467 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12469 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12470 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12473 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12477 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12478 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12480 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12485 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12486 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12487 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12488 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12489 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12490 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12491 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12492 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12493 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12497 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12499 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12500 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12501 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12502 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12504 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12506 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12507 irel->offset + 4. */
12512 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12513 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12514 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12515 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12516 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12518 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12519 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12521 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12524 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12527 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12532 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12533 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12534 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12535 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12536 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12537 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12538 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12539 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12543 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12545 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12546 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12548 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12550 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12551 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12552 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12555 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12560 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12561 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12562 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12563 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12564 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12566 unsigned long n32opc
;
12567 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12569 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12571 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12573 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12574 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12578 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12580 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12582 (move_insn_16
.match
12583 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12584 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12589 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12590 instructions will be handled here later. */
12594 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12595 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12596 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12598 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12606 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12607 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12608 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12609 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12611 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12612 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12613 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12616 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12617 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12622 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12623 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12625 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12629 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12630 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12634 if (contents
!= NULL
12635 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12637 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12641 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12642 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12646 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12647 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12648 free (internal_relocs
);
12653 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12654 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12656 if (contents
!= NULL
12657 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12659 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12660 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12661 free (internal_relocs
);
12666 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12668 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12669 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12672 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12674 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12678 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12679 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12680 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12687 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12690 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12692 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12693 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12695 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12697 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
12700 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12702 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
12703 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12704 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
12709 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12710 and copy relocs. */
12713 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12715 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
12718 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12719 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12720 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12723 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12726 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
12727 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
12728 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
12729 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
12730 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
12731 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
12732 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12733 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12734 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
12735 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
12740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12742 static const char * const secname
[] =
12744 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12745 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12747 static const int sc
[] =
12749 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
12750 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
12753 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12755 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12756 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12758 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
12761 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12763 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
12765 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
12769 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12770 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
12772 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12774 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12775 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12776 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
12777 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12778 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12779 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
12780 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
12781 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
12782 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
12783 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
12784 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12785 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
12787 else if (info
->relocatable
)
12789 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
12791 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
12792 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12794 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
12797 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
12798 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
12802 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
12803 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
12804 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
12808 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
12810 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
12812 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
12813 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
12814 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12816 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
12818 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
12820 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
12821 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12822 the information together. */
12823 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12825 asection
*input_section
;
12827 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
12830 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12832 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
12837 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12838 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
12840 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
12841 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
12844 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
12846 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
12847 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
12848 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
12849 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
12850 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
12852 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
12853 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
12854 finally written out. */
12856 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
12857 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
12858 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12861 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
12862 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
12864 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
12865 matters, but someday it might). */
12866 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
12871 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
12873 struct extsym_info einfo
;
12876 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
12877 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
12878 the information together. */
12879 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
12880 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
12881 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
12882 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
12883 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
12884 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
12885 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
12886 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
12887 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
12888 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
12889 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
12890 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
12891 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
12893 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
12895 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
12896 debug_info structure. */
12898 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
12899 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
12900 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
12901 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
12902 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
12904 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
12905 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
12906 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
12907 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
12909 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
12910 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
12914 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
12918 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
12919 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
12920 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
12921 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
12923 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
12925 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
12926 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
12929 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
12930 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
12933 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
12934 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
12935 secname
[i
], &esym
))
12939 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12941 asection
*input_section
;
12943 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
12944 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
12948 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
12950 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
12955 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12956 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
12958 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
12960 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
12961 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
12962 want to deal with it. */
12966 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
12967 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
12969 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
12971 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
12972 read in the debugging information and set up an
12973 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
12974 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
12978 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
12979 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
12980 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
12983 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
12984 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
12985 the linker global hash table and save the information
12986 for the output external symbols. */
12987 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
12988 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
12989 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
12990 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
12992 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
12993 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
12997 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12999 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13000 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13001 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13002 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13005 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13006 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13007 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13008 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13013 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13014 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13015 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13021 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13022 free (input_debug
.line
);
13023 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13024 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13025 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13026 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13027 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13028 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13029 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13030 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13031 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13032 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13034 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13035 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13036 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13039 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13041 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13042 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13043 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13045 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13046 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13048 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13051 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13052 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13056 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13062 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13065 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13067 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13068 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13069 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13073 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13074 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13076 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13077 matters, but someday it might). */
13078 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13083 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13085 const char *subname
;
13088 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13091 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13092 information describing how the small data area would
13093 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13094 not used in executables files. */
13095 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13097 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13099 asection
*input_section
;
13101 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13103 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13108 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13110 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13111 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13112 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13115 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13116 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13117 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13119 /* Really remove the section. */
13120 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13121 --abfd
->section_count
;
13126 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13127 uninitialized data. */
13128 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13129 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13130 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13134 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13135 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13136 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13141 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13142 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13143 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13144 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13145 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13146 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13147 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13149 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13150 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13152 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13153 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13154 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13157 /* Set up the first entry. */
13159 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13160 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13163 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13164 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13166 /* Combine the input sections. */
13167 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13169 asection
*input_section
;
13171 bfd_size_type size
;
13172 unsigned long last
;
13173 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13175 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13177 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13182 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13183 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13185 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13186 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13187 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13188 size
= input_section
->size
;
13190 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13192 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13194 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13195 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13201 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13202 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13203 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13209 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13211 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13212 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13215 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13217 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13218 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13220 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13226 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13229 /* We need a new table entry. */
13230 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13231 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13232 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13238 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13239 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13241 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13242 value, since that will be implied by this new
13245 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13247 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13249 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13250 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13254 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13255 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13260 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13263 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13264 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13265 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13268 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13270 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13272 /* Swap out the table. */
13273 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13274 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13275 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13281 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13282 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13285 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13286 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13288 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13289 matters, but someday it might). */
13290 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13294 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13295 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13298 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13300 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13302 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13304 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13305 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13309 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13311 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13312 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13314 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13317 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13320 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13322 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13323 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13324 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13328 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13330 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13331 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13332 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13336 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13338 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13339 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13341 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13342 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13343 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13351 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13353 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13354 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13358 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13359 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13361 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13362 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13363 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13364 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13365 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13367 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13368 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13369 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13370 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13371 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13373 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13374 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13376 /* R10000 extensions. */
13377 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13378 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13379 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13381 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13382 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13383 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13384 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13385 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13386 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13387 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13389 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13390 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13391 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13392 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13393 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13394 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13396 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13397 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13398 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13400 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13401 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13402 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13403 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13404 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13405 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13406 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13407 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13408 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13409 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13410 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13412 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13413 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13415 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13416 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13417 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13419 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13420 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13421 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13425 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13428 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13432 if (extension
== base
)
13435 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13436 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13439 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13440 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13443 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13444 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13446 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13447 if (extension
== base
)
13455 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13458 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13460 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13461 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13462 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13463 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13464 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13465 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13466 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13470 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13471 there are conflicting attributes. */
13473 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13475 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13476 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13479 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13480 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13481 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13482 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13484 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13486 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13487 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13489 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13491 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13496 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13497 non-conflicting ones. */
13498 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13499 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13501 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13502 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13503 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13504 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13505 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13508 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13512 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13513 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13518 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13519 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13524 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13525 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13526 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13531 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13532 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13533 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13534 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13540 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13544 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13545 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13550 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13551 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13556 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13557 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13558 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13563 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13564 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13565 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13566 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13572 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13578 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13579 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13584 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13585 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13586 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13587 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13593 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13597 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13598 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13599 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13604 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13605 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13606 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13611 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13612 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13617 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13618 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13619 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13620 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13626 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13630 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13631 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13632 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13633 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13638 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13639 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13640 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13641 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13646 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13647 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13648 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13649 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13654 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13655 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13656 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13657 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13662 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13663 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13664 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13665 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13666 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13673 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13674 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13679 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13680 object file when linking. */
13683 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13685 flagword old_flags
;
13686 flagword new_flags
;
13688 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13691 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13692 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13694 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13695 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13700 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
13703 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
13705 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13706 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13711 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
13714 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
13715 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13716 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
13718 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
13720 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
13721 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
13722 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13723 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
13725 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
13726 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
13727 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
13728 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
13730 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
13731 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
13738 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13740 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13741 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
13743 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13744 doesn't seem to matter. */
13745 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13746 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
13748 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13749 just be able to ignore this. */
13750 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13751 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
13753 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13754 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13755 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13757 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
13760 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13761 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13762 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13763 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13765 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13766 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13767 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13768 not affect compatibility. */
13769 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
13770 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
13771 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
13773 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
13774 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
13775 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
13777 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
13781 if (null_input_bfd
)
13786 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
13787 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
13789 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13790 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
13795 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
13796 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
13797 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
13798 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
13800 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13801 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
13803 /* Compare the ISAs. */
13804 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
13806 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13807 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
13811 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
13813 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
13814 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
13816 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
13817 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
13818 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
13819 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
13820 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
13821 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
13822 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13824 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
13825 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
13826 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
13827 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
13828 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
13829 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13833 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
13834 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13835 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13837 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
13838 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
13843 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13844 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
13846 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
13847 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
13848 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
13849 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13850 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
13852 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
13853 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
13854 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
13855 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
13857 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13858 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13860 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
13861 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
13864 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13865 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
13868 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
13869 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
13870 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
13872 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
13873 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
13874 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
13875 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
13876 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
13877 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
13879 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
13881 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13882 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
13884 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
13885 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
13889 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13891 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13892 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
13895 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
13896 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
13898 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13899 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
13900 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
13901 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
13907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13914 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
13917 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
13919 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
13920 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
13922 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
13923 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
13928 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
13932 default: return "";
13933 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
13934 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
13935 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
13936 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
13937 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
13938 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
13939 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
13940 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
13941 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
13942 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
13943 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
13944 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
13946 return "MIPS_MSYM";
13947 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
13948 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
13949 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
13950 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
13951 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
13952 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
13953 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
13954 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
13955 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
13956 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
13957 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
13958 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
13959 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
13960 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
13961 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
13962 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
13963 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
13964 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
13965 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
13966 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
13967 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
13968 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
13969 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
13970 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
13971 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
13972 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
13973 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
13974 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
13975 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
13976 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
13977 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
13978 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
13979 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
13980 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
13981 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
13982 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
13983 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
13984 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
13985 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
13986 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
13987 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
13988 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
13989 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
13990 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
13991 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
13992 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
13993 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
13994 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
13995 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
13996 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
13997 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
13998 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
13999 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14000 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14001 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14002 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14003 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14004 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14005 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14006 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14007 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14008 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14009 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14010 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14011 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14012 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14013 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14014 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14015 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14016 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14017 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14018 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14019 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14020 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14021 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14022 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14027 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14031 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14033 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14034 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14036 /* xgettext:c-format */
14037 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14039 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14040 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14041 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14042 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14043 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14044 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14045 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14046 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14047 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14048 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14049 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14050 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14051 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14052 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14054 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14056 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14057 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14058 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14059 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14060 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14061 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14062 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14063 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14064 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14065 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14066 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14067 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14068 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14069 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14070 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14071 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14072 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14073 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14075 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14077 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14078 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14080 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14081 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14083 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14084 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14086 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14087 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14089 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14091 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14092 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14094 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14095 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14097 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14098 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14100 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14101 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14103 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14104 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14106 fputc ('\n', file
);
14111 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14113 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14115 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14116 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14117 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14119 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14122 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14123 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14124 definiton of the symbol. */
14126 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14127 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14128 bfd_boolean definition
,
14129 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14131 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14133 unsigned char other
;
14135 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14136 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14137 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14141 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14142 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14145 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14146 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14148 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14150 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14154 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14156 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14157 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14158 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14161 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14162 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14165 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14166 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14169 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14170 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14174 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14177 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14179 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14182 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14183 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14185 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14186 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;